Page 1
ﺩ ﻟ ﻴ ﻞ ﻣ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪ ﻡThinkCentre
ﺃﻧ ﻮ ﺍ ﻉ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ :3280 ﻭ3281 ﻭ3291 ﻭ3292 ﻭ3293 ﻭ3294 ﻭ3296 ﻭ3297 ﻭ3298 ﻭ3305 ﻭ3309
ﻭ3311 ﻭ3312 ﻭ3313 ﻭ3314 ﻭ3315 ﻭ3316 ﻭ3318 ﻭ3320 ﻭ3322 ﻭ3324 ﻭ3325 ﻭ3326 ﻭ3327
ﻭ3329 ﻭ3341 ﻭ3342
Page 2
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻪ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ vﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ૧ "ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ
١١١ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﻤﺎ.
© Copyright Lenovo 2012.
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻮ 2012 (
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪﺓ:ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ" GSA "،ﻳﺨ ﻀ ﻊﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺸ ﻒ ﻋﻨﻬﺎﻟﻠﻘﻴﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ
ﺭﻗﻢGS-35F-05925 .
Page 3
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺕ
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٧
ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٧
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٧
ﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٨
ﺩﻭﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٨
ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻭﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . .٢٨
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٨
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯ . . . . . . . . . . .٢٨
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ . . . . . . . . . . .٢٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٩
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٤.ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٢
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡBIOS . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٢
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭWindows . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٢
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٣
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٣
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺠ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ . . . . . . . .٣٥
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﺔﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴًﺎ. . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
ﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٦
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٨
ﻓﻚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ . . . . . . . . . . .٣٩
ﻓﻚ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ. . . . . . . . . . .٤٠
ﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ. . . . .٤١
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ. . . . . . . . . . .٤٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ. . . . . . . . . . . .٤٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٦
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٦
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺕWI-FI . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ . . . . . . . . . . .٥٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦١
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝExpressCard . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ
ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕPS/2 ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ . . .٦٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٦
ﻣﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v
ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v
ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
ﺃﺳﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔﺑﻬﺎ . . . . . . . . . . . vi
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﻟﻠﻤﻮﺩﻡ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١.ﻧﻈ ﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ . . . . . . . . . .١
ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 . . .٥
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 . . .٦
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧
ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ . . . . . . . . . .١٠
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . .١٥
ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٦
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺯﻩ. . . . . . . . . . . .١٦
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٢.ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 . . . . .١٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭWindows . . . . . . . . .٢٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺯﺭThinkVantage ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ. . . . . . . . .٢٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ. . . . . . . . . . .٢٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺑﺒﻜﺮﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٠
ﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ. . . . . . . . .٢١
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ. . . . . . . . .٢١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﻭDVD . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﻭDVD ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ . . . . . .٢٢
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺮ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﻗﺮ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD . . . . . . . . . . .٢٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ . . . . . . . . .٢٣
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٣.ﺃﻧ ﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٧
i
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 4
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٧
ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ. . . . . . . . . . . .٦٨
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١٠.ﺗ ﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺘﻜ ﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎ
ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣ ﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ١
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . .٩ ١
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . .٩ ٢
ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٢
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٣
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺮ ﺹCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٤
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٥
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٦
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ. . . . . .٩ ٦
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٨
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٩
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٢
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٣
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٤
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٥
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٥
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹUSB . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٦
Lenovo Solution Center . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٦
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١١.ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
Power-On Password . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٠
Administrator Password . . . . . . . . . . .٨٠
Hard Disk Password . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٠
ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٧
ﻣ ﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٧
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools . . . . . . . . .١٠٧
Lenovo Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٧
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٧
ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٧
ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo . . . . . . . . .١٠٧
ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺩﻋﻢLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٨
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺼ ﻲ . . . . . . . .١٠٨
ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٩
ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٩
CMOS (. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٠
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૧.ﺍﻹ ﺷ ﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١١
ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١١
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٦. ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . . .٧١
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 . . . . . . . .٧١
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . .٧١
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . .٧٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery . . . . . . .٧٣
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ . . . . . . . . . . .٧٣
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ . . .٧٤
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٥
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ . . . . . . . . . .٧٥
ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٦
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 . . . . . . . .٧٦
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧.ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣ ﺞSetup Utility . . . . .٧٩
ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٩
ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٩
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٠
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ. . . . . . . . . . .٨٠
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎﺃﻭﺗﻢﻓﻘﺪﻫﺎ)ﻣﺴﺢ
ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨١
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨١
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ . . . . . . . . . . .٨١
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ. . . . . . . .٨١
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖErP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٢
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺃﺩﺍﺀICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٢
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱﻟـICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٣
ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility . . . . . . . . . . .٨٣
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٨.ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣ ﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . . .٨٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٥
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ( BIOS ﻣﻦﻗﺮ ﺹ . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٥
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ( BIOS ﻣﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . .٨٥
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﻓﺸﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚPOST/BIOS . . . . . . . .٨٦
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૨.ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . .١١٣
ﺍﻟﻤﻼ ﺣﻈﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٣
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٣
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ . . . . .١١٣
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٥
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૩ . ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺕ WEEE ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ . . .١١٧
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺣﻮﻝWEEE . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٧
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٧
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻠﺒﺮﺍﺯﻳﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٨
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ . . . . . . . . .١١٨
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٩.ﺗﻔﺎﺩ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٧
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٧
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٧
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSystem Update . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٧
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٨
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٨
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨٨
ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٠
iiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 5
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ . . . . . .١١٩
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ૪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﺮﺓ
(RoHS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢١
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺮﺓ) RoHS (ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼﻴﻦ . . . . . .١٢١
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺮﺓ) RoHS (ﻓﻲﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ . . . . . .١٢١
ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢRoHS ﻷﻭﻛﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢١
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕRoHS ﻟﻠﻬﻨﺪ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٢
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૫ . ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺕ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯENERGY STAR . .١٢٣
ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮ ﺱ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٥
iii
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 6
iv ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 7
ﻣ ﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺃ ﻣﺎ ﻥ ﻫ ﺎﻣ ﺔ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ،ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﻓﻬﻢﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ
ﻓﻲ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩThinkCentre " ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﺗﺆﺩ ﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﻹ ﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺷ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ http://www.lenovo.com/support .ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﻣﻮﻗﻊﺩﻋﻢ Lenovoﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
®
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﻣﻦ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩThinkCentre "،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖPortable Document Format (PDF) ﻣﻦ
ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo
"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ThinkCentre " ﻭ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre " ﻫﺬﺍﺑﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺪ ﻣ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎ ﺕ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ،ﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻃ ُﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀ،ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﺫ ُﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔﺑﻤﻮﻓﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﻹ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ .ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ًﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ .ﺗﺘﻢﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻣﻦﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤ ﻼﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺃﻭ)ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ CRU (.ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﻌﻤ ﻼﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ CRU .ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳًﺎﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ.
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ Off ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻫﻮ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷ ﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺑﻜﺎﺑﻞﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﻣﻦﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦﺃﻱ ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ CRU، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٥ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ"
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٥.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤ ﻼﺀ.
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ ًﺎﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞ ﺳ ﻼ ﻣﺘﻚ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬ ﻰﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺃﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻴﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ.
ﻣﻨ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻬ ﺮ ﺑﺎﺀ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻤﺜﻞﺃﻱ ﺿ ﺮ ﺭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻴﻚ،ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺿ ﺮ ﺭ ًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻐًﺎ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢﻣﻊ
ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻱ ﻳﺆﺩ ﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮ ﻉ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺣﺪﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻓﻚ ﻭﺣﺪﺓCRU، ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻠﻔﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺷﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ،ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻧﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺔ-ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ:
• ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺣﺮﻛﺘﻚ . ﺣﻴﺚﺇﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ .
v
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 8
• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ .ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ، ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ . ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻵ ﺧ ﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓCRU،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻼ ﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ﻷ ﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ
ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻄﻠﻲ ﻟﻤﺪﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎ ﺱ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺤﻨﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻪ ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ًﺩﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ
ﺫﻟﻚ، ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺃﻣﻠ ﺲ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮ،ﺛﻢ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
• ﻻﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ .
ﺃ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﻻﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ .
2
، ﺃﻭﺃﻓﻀ ﻞ .ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ،
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥH05VV-F ﻭ3G ﻭ0.75 ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠ ﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ.ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻓﻲ ﻗﻄ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺃﻭﺗﺠﻌﺪﻩﺃﻭﺗﺸﻘﻘﻪ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺃﻯ ﺷ ﻲء.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮ ﻙ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﻮ ﺽ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﺎ ﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻻﺗﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎﺑﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻗ ﺼ ﺮ، ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ
ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃ ﺊ.ﻭﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﺂﻛﻞﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠ ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭ/ﺃﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﺨﻮﻧﺔ.
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ .
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪﺗﺂﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳ ﻦ ﻣﺪﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌ ﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﺳ ﺨﻮﻧﺘﻪ)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻚ( ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺪﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭ
ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻱ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﺂﻛﻞﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠ ﻒ
ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ.
ﻛﺎﺑ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔ ﺑ ﻬﺎ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻧﺪﻓﺎﻉﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮ ﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺂ ﺧ ﺬ
ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﺪﺃﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ)ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ(ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻞﻟﺬﻟﻚ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ.ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ.
ﻻ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻣﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ؛ﻭﺇﻻ،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺮﻗﺪﻳﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ.
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺫ ﻱ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺗﺸﻌﺒﺎﺕ.ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ.ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ. ﻻ
ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩﺑﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﻏﻴﺮﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ
viﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 9
ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﺁﺧﺮﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻤﻼًﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴًﺎ. ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ
ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﻧﺴﺒﺔ80 ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭ ﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ، ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻤﺪﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ً
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ(USB) ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ1394 ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼ
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؛ﻭﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ،ﺍﻧﺘﻈ ﺮ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ٍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞﺑﻌﺪﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﺓ ﻭﺗ ﻬ ﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ
ﺗﻮﻟﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎ:
• ﻻﺗﺘﺮ ﻙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻷ ﻱ ﺟ ﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻼ ﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞﺑﺎﻟﺠ ﺴﻢﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﺑﻌﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭ ﺣﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺸ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﺃﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ.
•ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭ ﺡ ﻭﺑﺆﺭﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻟﻸﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ.ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘ ﺼ ﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﺃﻭﺃﺭﻳﻜﺔﺃﻭ ﺳ ﺠﺎﺩﺓﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﺮﻥ ﺁﺧ ﺮ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣ ﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺑﺴﺪﺃﻭﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍ ﺹ .
ﺗﻔﻘٰﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻌﺪﻡﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﻛﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔﺃﺷﻬﺮ.ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺤ ﺺ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺰ ﻉ ﺳﻠﻚ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺃﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻻ ﺣ ﻈ ﺖ ﺗﻜﺪ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ،ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪﻣﻦ
ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔﻟﻤﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭﺡ.ﻗﻢﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ.ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،
ﺣﺎﻭﻝﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑُﻌﺪﻗﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻻﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ،
ﺗﻔﺤ ﺺ، ﻭﺍﺫﺍﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ.
ﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺘﻚ ﻭﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻲ:
•ﺍﺟﻌﻞﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻐﻠﻘ ًﺎ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼ ًﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ.
•ﺗﻔﻘﺪﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ.
•ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺛﻘﻮ ﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﺮﺑﻬﺎ
ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺃﻭﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺴﺪﺃﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺃﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺧ ﻄ ﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ 35 °ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﻨﻘﻴﺢﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ.ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﺽ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ
ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 95 °
ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻣﻊﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺭ ﻃﻮﺑﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭ ﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ 35 % ﻭ 80 % .ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (،
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﻟﺘﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻴًﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35 °
ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.ﻗﺪﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮ ﻕ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻮ ﻯ.ﻓﺸ ﻞﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔﻗﺒﻞﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺿ ﺮﺭﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪ.
vii
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 10
ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ ﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ .
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻜﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳ ﻒ، ﻷ ﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢ ﺳﻜ ﺐ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ،ﻓﻘﺪ
ﻳﺤﺪ ﺙ ﻗ ﺼ ﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺷﻜﻞﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ .
ﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻞﺃﻭﺗﺪﺧ ﻦﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﻟﻔ ﻀ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎﺗﻠﻒ .
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎ ﻥ ﻟﻠﻤ ﻮ ﺩﻡ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ 26 AWG ﺃﻭﺃﻛﺒﺮ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ: ﺭﻗﻢ 24 AWG (ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺝ ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ Under-
writers Laboratories (UL) ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠ Canadian Standards Association (CSA) .
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﺗ ﻒ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﻣﺜﻞ:
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺎ ﺻ ﻔﺔﺑﺮﻗﻴﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺔﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻣ ﺼ ﻤﻤًﺎ ﺧ ﺼ ﻴ ﺼًﺎﻟﻸ ﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﻠﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﻭﻟﺔﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺗﻢﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺧ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮﺧ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮ ﻁﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ .
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻱ ﻫﺎﺗ ﻒ )ﺧ ﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ(ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧ ﻄ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺑ ُﻌﺪﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺔﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﻧﺎﺭﺓ.
•ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﻟﻺﺑﻼ ﻍ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﺴ ﺮ ﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺮ ﺏ.
ﺑﻴﺎ ﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻓ ﻖ ﻣﻨﺘ ﺠ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰ ﺭ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ)ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻃﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻹﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ(، ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﺍﻷﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ.ﻓﻘﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺃﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﻟﻴﺰﺭﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
•ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺃﻭﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻷ ﺷ ﻌﺔﻟﻴﺰﺭﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻤﺎﻡﻟﻴﺰﺭﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣ ﻦﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ 3 A ﺃﻭ 3 B. ﻻﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ.
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷ ﻌﺎﻉ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ.ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻭﻻﺗﻨﻈﺮﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﻟﻠﺸﻌﺎﻉ.
ﺑﻴﺎ ﻥ ﻣ ﺰ ﻭ ﺩ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺑﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻌ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
viiiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 11
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺪﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻌ ﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ. ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺸ ﻚ ﻓﻲ
ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﻈ ﻴ ﻒ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ
ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺮ ﺵ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻈ ﻒ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻗﻢﺑﺮ ﺵ ﻣﻨﻈ ﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻣﺴ ﺢﺃﺳ ﻄ ﺢ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ix
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 12
x ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 13
®
Windows®7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
®
Core™ i3
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ١ . ﻧ ﻈ ﺮ ﺓ ﻋ ﺎ ﻣ ﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻨﺘ ﺞ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔLenovo ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﻐﻄ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ُﺯ.
ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ﻣﻦﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩.ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩ Main
!!System Summary ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ .
•ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft
•ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8،ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ
ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ !! ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣ ﺼ ﺤﻮﺑًﺎﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ)ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ(:
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Core i5
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Core i7
®
®
•ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Celeron
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Pentium
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺿ ﻌﻔﻲ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ3 ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺿ ﻤﻨﻴﺔﻣﺨ ﻄ ﻄ ﺔ ﺻ ﻐﻴﺮﺓ(DDR3 SODIMMs) .
ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
•ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ: DVD ROMﺃﻭ DVD-Burner )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ(
•ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖSerial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA)
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻱSATA 2.0 ﻭSATA 3.0 .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٥ .
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔLCDﻣ ﻀ ﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﺘﻮﻫﺞ ﺑﻤﻘﺎ ﺱ23ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔIn-Plane Switching ) IPS (
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔLCDﻣ ﻀ ﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﺘﻮﻫﺞ ﻣﻘﺎ ﺱ20ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺋﻴﺎﺕ
•ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺩﺧ ﻞDisplayPortﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺧ ﺮ ﺝDisplayPort
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ) GPU (،ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ُﺮﺯ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﻟﻠ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲ(HD)ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ
١
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 14
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ
•ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ100/1000 Mbps integrated Ethernet
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
•ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯpower-on self-test (POST)
•ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ(DMI)
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺭًﺍﻋﺎﻣًﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻪﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ
ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻓﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔ ﻭﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺳ ﺠ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ.
• ﻭﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ErP
ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ) ErP (ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ErP " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٢ .
• Intel Active Management Technology (AMT) )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ (
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔIntel Active Management Technology ﻫ ﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞ
ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎﺃﻗﻞﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎﻭﺗﺮﻗﻴﺘﻬﺎﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ.
• Intelligent Cooling Engine (ICE)
Intelligent Cooling Engineﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣ ﻞﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻭﺳﻤﻌﻲ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺮﺍﻗﺐ
ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔICE ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺃﺩﺍﺀICE " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٢ ﻭ"ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟـICE " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٣ .
•Preboot Execution Environment (PXE)
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ)ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ(ﺃﻭ
ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ.
• ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞSystem Management (SM) Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) ﻭSM
ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻣﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕSM BIOS ﻫﻴﺎﻛﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡBIOS ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
• Wake on LAN
Wake on LANﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ Ethernetﻳﺘﻴﺢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﻓﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ
ﻭﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ .
• Wake on Ring
ﻣﻴﺰﺓWake on Ring، ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳ ُﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎﺑﺎﺳﻢWake on Modem، ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
• Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)
Windows Management Instrumentationﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows .ﻓﻬﻮﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ .
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧ ﻼ ﺕ/ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ(I/O)
•ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺑﻌﺪﺩ 9ﺃﻃ ﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ (
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﻧﺎﻗﻞﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻲ(USB) 3.0 )ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍUSB 1ﻭ2(
•4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSB 2.0 )ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬUSBﻣﻦ3ﺇﻟﻰ6(
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernetﻭﺍﺣﺪ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺧ ﺮ ﺝDisplayPortﻭﺍﺣﺪ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺩﺧ ﻞDisplayPortﻭﺍﺣﺪ
٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 15
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢPersonal System/2 (PS/2) )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ(
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻓﺄﺭﺓ PS/2ﻭﺍﺣﺪ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ(
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮ ﻯ )ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃ ﺱ (
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨ ﻭ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠ .
ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺳ ﻊ
•ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
•ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ
•ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔmini PCI Express x1
ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤ ﺼ ﺪﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺑﻘﻮﺓ150 ﻭﺍﻁ ﻣﻊﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﺔ
•ﻳﺘﻢﺩﻣﺞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agentﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ)ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻳ ﻀ ﺎﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺪﺧ ﻞ(
•ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
•ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSBﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ )ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻣﻊﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ (
•ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(POP)،ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻤﻨﻊﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺘﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
•ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
•ﺩﻋﻢﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﻗﻔﻞKensington (
•Trusted Platform Module (TPM)
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٤ "ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣١ .
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣ ﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻴﻨﻪ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo " ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥.
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ:
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 7
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 8
١
)ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ(
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣
ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻧﻈﺎﻡ)ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ(ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ
®
• Linux
١ . ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡ)ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ(ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﺩﺓﻫﻨﺎﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎﻭﺫﻟﻚﻓﻲﻭﻗﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ .ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ Lenovo ﻛﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ
ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﺔﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺗﻢﺗﺮﺧﻴ ﺼ ﻪﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻤﻮﺭﺩ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
Page 16
•Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP 3
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎ ﺕ
ﻳﺴ ﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ20 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ : 502.8 ﻣﻢ) 19.8 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ: 363 ﻣﻢ) 14.29 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ: 67 ﻣﻢ) 2.64 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ23 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ
• ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ :
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ : 568 ﻣﻢ) 22.36 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ: 401 ﻣﻢ) 15.79 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ: 74 ﻣﻢ) 2.91 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
• ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲﻻﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ :
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ : 568 ﻣﻢ) 22.36 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ: 401 ﻣﻢ) 15.79 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ: 67 ﻣﻢ) 2.64 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ20 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰﻟﻠﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﺗﻢﺷﺤﻨﻪ: 8.4 ﻛﺠﻢ) 18.52 ﺭ ﻃﻞ(
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ23 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ
• ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ :
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰﻟﻠﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﺗﻢﺷﺤﻨﻪ: 10.6 ﻛﺠﻢ) 23.37 ﺭﻃﻞ(
• ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲﻻﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ :
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰﻟﻠﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﺗﻢﺷﺤﻨﻪ: 9.5 ﻛﺠﻢ) 20.94 ﺭ ﻃﻞ(
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
• ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ :
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖﺇﻟﻰ 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ:ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡﺑﻴﻦ- 40 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 60 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ - 40 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 140 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺓﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦﺍﻷ ﺻﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ:ﻣﻦ- 10 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 60 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 14 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 140 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ
• ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ:
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ 20 % ﺇﻟﻰ 80 % )ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺗﻜﺜﻒ(
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ:ﻣﻦ 20 % ﺇﻟﻰ 90 % )ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺗﻜﺜﻒ(
• ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ:
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ - 50 ﺇﻟﻰ 10 000 ﻗﺪﻡ)ﻣﻦ - 15.2 ﺇﻟﻰ 3048 ﻣﺘﺮ(
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ:ﻣﻦ- 50 ﺇﻟﻰ 35 000 ﻗﺪﻡ)ﻣﻦ- 15.2 ﺇﻟﻰ 10 668 ﻣﺘﺮ(
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
•ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧ ﻼ ﺕ:
٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 17
– ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ :
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ: 100 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰ: 127 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ
ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ:ﻣﻦ50 ﺇﻟﻰ60 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
– ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ:
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ: 200 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰ: 240 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ
ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ:ﻣﻦ50 ﺇﻟﻰ60 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
ﺑﺮﺍﻣ ﺞLenovo
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪ ٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ،ﻗﺪ
ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ.
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞLenovo ﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞWindows 7
ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage ®Tools ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools .
ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ.
Enhanced Backup and Restore
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇ ﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﺑﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻫﺘﺔ ،ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ
ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ.ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ١.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ
ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼﻨﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap SimpleTap
System Update
View Management Utility
®
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﺛﻢ،ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮ،ﺛﻢ
ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﻨ ﺺ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٥
Page 18
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools، ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎ
ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫ ﺖ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﺮﺩﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻭﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻀ ﺮﺍﺀﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺎﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٢.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
Lenovo -ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
Lenovo -ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
Lenovo -ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ
Lenovo -ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
Lenovo -ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
Lenovo -Enhanced Backup and
Restore
Lenovo - SimpleTap
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Lenovo View Management Utility
ﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﻗﺴﻢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥLenovo -ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼﻨﻊ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap
System Update
View Management Utility
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞLenovo ﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞWindows 8
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ Lenovo QuickLaunch ﻣﻦﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ .ﻳﺘﻢﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ)+(.
• ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ Windows ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﻲﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻟﻠﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ.
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•Fingerprint Software
•Lenovo Companion
•Lenovo Settings
•Lenovo Solution Center
•Lenovo QuickLaunch
•Lenovo Support
•Password Manager
•System Update
٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 19
ﻣ ﻘﺪ ﻣ ﺔ ﺣ ﻮ ﻝ ﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞLenovo
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﺨﺘ ﺼ ﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
•Communications Utility
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞCommunications Utility ﻣﻮﻗﻌ ًﺎﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳًﺎ ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﻴﻦ.ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻟﻠﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﻴﻦﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﺒﺮIP ﺃﻭ(VOIP) .
•Fingerprint Software
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻭﺇﺭﻓﺎﻗﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭWindows .ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢﺑﺎﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻵﻣﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻊﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
•Lenovo Cloud Storage
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Cloud Storage ﺣ ﻼ ًﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜ ﻲ ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻣﺜﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﻴﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣ ﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
Lenovo Cloud Storage ،ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ http://www.lenovo.com/cloud .
•Lenovo Companion
ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Companion،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮ ﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﺤ ﺴﻨﺔ.
•Lenovo Settings
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Settings ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ
ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ.
•Lenovo Solution Center
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Solution Center ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺃﺧ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﺠﻤﻊﺑﻴﻦﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺼ ﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ،ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
•Lenovo QuickLaunch
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo QuickLaunch ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻻ ًﺳ ﺮﻳﻌًﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞMicrosoft
ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
•Lenovo Support
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Support ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺃﺩﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ.
•Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
ﻳﺮﺷﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.
•Lenovo Welcome
ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Welcome ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﻜﺮﺓﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻧﻪﻳﻮﺟﻬﻚ ﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ
ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•Password Manager
ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPassword Manager ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻠﺌﻬﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞWindows ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.
•Power Manager
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
•Recovery Media
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRecovery Media ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٧
Page 20
•Rescue and Recovery
ﻳﻌﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﺣ ﻼ ًﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺿ ﻐﻄﺔ ﺯﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ، ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ، ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ، ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
•SimpleTap
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﻗﻔﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰLenovo App
Shop ، ﺣﻴﺚﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ .
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
– ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ SimpleTap ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ .ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ SimpleTap
ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ.
– ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ThinkVantage ﺍﻷﺯﺭ ﻕ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ًﺍﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ SimpleTapﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ُﺮﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
SimpleTapﻋﻠﻰ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ http://www.lenovo.com/support .
•System Update
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ System Updateﻓﻲﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ )ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
Lenovo،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ UEFI BIOS،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ(.
•View Management Utility
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞView Management Utility ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺛﻢﻳﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎﻓﻲﺃﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ
ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ.
ﺃﻣﺎﻛ ﻦ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺓﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓ ًﺎ ﻃﻔﻴﻔًﺎ ﻋﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺤﻴﺔ.
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻛ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭ ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺟ ﻮ ﺩﺓ ﺑ ﻮﺍ ﺟ ﻬ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎ ﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١"ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 21
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ
1 ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ 8 ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ /ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻳﻤﻴﻦ
ﻳﺴﺎﺭ
ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ
2ﺃﺩﺍﺓﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ
3ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ 9ﻋﻨﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻢ/ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ)ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(
4ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﻣﻊ ﺣﺎﺟﺰﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ
5ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ 10ﻋﻨﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻢ/ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ)ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(
6ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
7ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔOn-Screen Display (OSD)
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٩
Page 22
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠ .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ ﻓ ﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻥﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻴﻦ:ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺁﺧﺮ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﺣﺪ ﻃ ﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﺒﻞDisplayPort ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺩﺧﻞDisplayPort ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺑﻤﺆﺧﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﻭﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ ﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ/ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻒ
ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﺧﻴﺎﺭ.
ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ.
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ/ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.
ﺍ.
ً
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ /ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ .
OSDﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔOn-Screen Display (OSD) ﻓﺘﺢﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔOSD ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ/ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮ ﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮ ﺏ ﻭﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
ﻳﻤﻴﻦ
ﻋﻨﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻢ/ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ)ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(
ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﻳﺴﺎﺭ
ﻋﻨﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﻢ/ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
)ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(
ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ
ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧ ﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎ ﺳ ﺐ
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢"ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
١٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 23
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢.ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
10ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺩﺧﻞDisplayPort
12ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔExpressCard
13ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ*
15ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ
1ﺯﺭﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ/ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ
2ﻋﻨﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺭﻓﻊﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ )ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ( 11ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ USB 2.0 )ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ USBﻣﻦ 3ﺇﻟﻰ 6(
3ﻋﻨﺼ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺧﻔ ﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ )ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(
4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓPS/2 )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(
5ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ( 14ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USB 3.0 )ﻣﻨﻔﺬ USBﺭﻗﻢ2(
6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
7ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ)ﻗﻔﻞKingston ( 16ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
8ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet 17ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 3.0 )ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ1(
9ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺧﺮﺝDisplayPort
ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺨ ﺼ ﺼ ﺔ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ11 × 1،ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•MultiMediaCard (MMC)
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١١
Page 24
•Reduced-Size MultiMediaCard (RS-MMC)
•MultiMediaCard-mobile (MMC-mobile)
•MultiMediaCard-plus (MMC-plus)
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ) SD (
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ) SDHC (
•ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ(SDXC)
•Memory Stick (MS)
•Memory Stick (MS) PRO
•Extreme Digital (x-D) Picture Card )ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉM (
•Extreme Digital (x-D) Picture Card )ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉH (
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻒ
ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻣﺸﻐﻞﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ
DisplayPort .
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺮ ﺽDisplayPort ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺁﺧﺮﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ FCC Class B،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞCategory 5 Ethernet .
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻣﻦﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ
ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲﺃﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯ ﻱﺃﻭﺃﻱﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻨﻔﺬﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺫﻭ9 ﺳﻨﻮﻥ.
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 2.0،ﻣﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢUSB ﺃﻭﻣﺎﻭ ﺱUSB ﺃﻭﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲUSB ﺃﻭ
ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔUSB .ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺘﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓUSB،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷﺮﺍﺀﻟﻮﺣﺔﻭ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSB،ﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲ
ﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓUSB ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ.
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 2.0 ﺃﻭ3.0،ﻣﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭﻣﺎﺳﺤﺔ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔﺃﻭ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺷﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ) PDA (.ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USB 3.0 ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡﻟﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺧﺮﺝDisplayPort
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺩﺧﻞDisplayPort
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﻛﺎﺑﻞEthernet ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ(LAN) .
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢPS/2 )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ( ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢPS/2 .
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓPS/2 )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ( ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻓﺄﺭﺓﺃﻭﻛﺮﺓﺗﺘﺒﻊﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓﺁﺧﺮﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓPS/2 .
ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ(
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 2.0
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 3.0
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﻣ ﻜﺎ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻜ ﻮ ﻧﺎ ﺕ
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻓﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻻ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٨ .
١٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 25
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ20 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ
15ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
16ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
17ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕPS/2ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
21ﺷﺎﺷﺔLCD
1ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
2ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
3ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
4ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ 18ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
5ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 19ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
6ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ 20ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔLCD
7ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ(GPU) )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ
ﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
22ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ
24ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA )ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ(
25ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٣
8ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ(
9 ExpressCard )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ( 23ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ)ﻣﺘﺎﺡﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ(
10ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
11ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
Page 26
26ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔﻣﻊﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
12ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
27ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺀ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
13ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
14ﻭﺣﺪﺓBluetooth )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ23 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ
1ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ( 14ﻭﺣﺪﺓ Bluetooth )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
15ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
16ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
20ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ
2ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
3ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
4ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ 17ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕPS/2ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
5ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 18ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
6ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ 19ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
7ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ(GPU) )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ
ﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
21ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔLCD
8ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ(
١٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 27
22ﺷﺎﺷﺔLCD
9ExpressCard )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
10ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WiFi )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ( 23ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ )ﻣﺘﺎﺡﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ(
24ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA
25ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔﻣﻊﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
26ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺀ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
11ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
12ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
13ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﻣ ﻜﺎ ﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ ﻈ ﺎﻡ
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥ "ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٥ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
15ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔMini PCI Express x1
16ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
18ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓPS/2
1ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
2ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞmSATA 17ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ
4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ )ﻟﻠﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ
ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ(
19ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ
21ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔSATA
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٥
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺀ 20ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ(COM2)ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ
7ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ(2)
Page 28
22ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞSATA 3.0 )ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ(
8ﻭ ﺻﻠﺔﺗﺨﻄ ﻲClear CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide
Semiconductor) /Recovery
23ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ
24ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞSATA 2.0 )ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ(
26ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺫﻭ14ﺳﻨﻮﻥ
9ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ
10ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
11ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭ ﺕ 25ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ
12ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞExpressCard
13ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓBluetooth 27ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
14ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
ﺿ ﺒ ﻂ ﺣ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺍ ﻹ ﻃ ﺎﺭ
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻘًﺎﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞﺇﻃﺎﺭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻟﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺮﻳﺢﻟﻚ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﻟﻔﺘﺤﻪ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ
10ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ 45ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﺗﺒﻠﻎ 10 ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳ ﻲ؛ﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻗﺪﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢﻳﻨﻘﻠﺐ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦. ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧ ﻮ ﻉ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯ ﻩ
ﺇﻥﺍﻟﻬﺪ ﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩﻫﻮﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ،ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ.
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩ.
١٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 29
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧.ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺯﻩ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٧
Page 30
١٨ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 31
http://www.lenovo.com/ThinkCentreUserGuides
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٢ . ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤ ﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻫﻞﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ؟
ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺩﻋﻢLenovo ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ؟
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ Lenovo ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠًﺎﻳﺘﻴﺢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻋ ﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧١ .
ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻓﺸ ﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺀLenovo .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ
ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤ ﻼﺀ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١١"ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠٧.ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﻻً.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺓﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺑﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ .ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢ
ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ .
ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows؟
ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻓﻲWindows ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻓﻲWindows،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ.
•ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8،ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ
ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ !! ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞWindows 8
ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8،
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ
١.ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
•ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ
١.ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤ ﺚ.
٣.ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ "،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ
ﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻠﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ،ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
ﺍﺧﺘ ﺼ ﺎﺭﺍﺕMicrosoft Windows ﻓﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
١٩
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 32
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﺧﺘ ﺼ ﺎﺭWindows "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٠
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ThinkVantageﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٠
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٠
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺍ ﺧ ﺘ ﺼ ﺎﺭWindows
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺛﻼﺛﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows .
• ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﺎﺷﻌﺎﺭ Windows ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡAlt ﻋﻠﻰﻛ ﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ .ﻓﻬﻤﺎﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥﺑﺸﻌﺎﺭ Windows .ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،
ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡWindows ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﺑﺪﺃ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡWindows ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ
ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ.ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺷﻌﺎﺭWindows ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
• ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Ctrl ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ .ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ
ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻂ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣ ﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺃﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰEsc .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺯ ﺭThinkVantage ﺍﻷ ﺯ ﺭ ﻕ
ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭThinkVantage ﺃﺯﺭ ﻕﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦLenovo .ﻳﺆﺩﻱ
ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭThinkVantage ﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo PC Device
Experience ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8 .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑ ﻊ
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺑﻬﺎﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻋ ﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
Lenovo "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞThinkVantage Fingerprint Software ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥.
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕThinkVantage Fingerprint Software .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺑﺒﻜ ﺮ ﺓ
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺑﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺼ ﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﻭﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.
1ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ ﻲﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ
2ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ.ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓﻓﻲﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺣﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ.
3ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ
٢٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 33
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺯﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮ ﻙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows .
ﺿ ﺒ ﻂ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺟ ﺰﺀًﺍﻣﻬﻤًﺎﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﺤﻜﻢﺑﺎﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗ ﺮ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻠﻲ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ:ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃ ﺱ ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.ﺗﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ،ﻓ ﻀ ﻼ ًﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ.
ﺿ ﺒ ﻂ ﻣ ﺴ ﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻜﺘ ﺐ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﺤﻜﻢﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ، ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ
ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺣ ﺮ ّﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻛﺘﻢ ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢١ .
ﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻉﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺭﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻮ ﻙ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﻟﻰﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8 ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺇﺿ ﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ.
٢.ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺭﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻮ ﻙ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﻟﻰﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.
ﺿ ﺒ ﻂ ﻣ ﺴ ﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣ ﻦ ﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ .ﻟﻀ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻣﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ
ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٢.ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻉﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٣.ﺣ ﺮ ّﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺧﻔ ﻀ ﻪ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﻭDVD
ﻗﺪﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD ROMﺃﻭﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVDﻗﺎﺑﻞﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ
DVDﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ CDﺃﻭ DVDﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻨﺎﻋ ﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ 12ﺳﻢ) 4.75ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺎﺕ (.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-ROM ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-R ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-RAM ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-RW ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD،ﻣﺜﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-ROM
ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-RW ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-R ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ
DVD-R ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ DVD-RW ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲﻣﻦﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD-RAM ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ CD-RW ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﻭﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ CD-R .
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD :
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻟﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
–ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢١
Page 34
–ﺍﻟﺮ ﻃ ﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ
–ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ
–ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺃﻭﺍ ﺻ ﻄﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺟ ﺊ
–ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ
–ﺿ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺃﻳﺔﺃﺟ ﺴﺎﻡﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCDﺃﻭDVDﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
•ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﺧﺮ ﺝ ﻗﺮ ﺹCDﺃﻭDVDﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺃﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﻭDVD ﻭ ﺗ ﺨ ﺰ ﻳﻨﻬ ﺎ
ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﻭDVD ﻣﻌﻤﺮﺓﻭﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ؛ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ . ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD ﻭﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ
ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺃﻣﺴ ﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﺍﻓﻪ.ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ.
•ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭﺃﻭﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺳ ﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ.ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺴ ﺢﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ
ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺗﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺧﺪ ﺵ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
•ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺗﺨﺰﻧﻪﻓﻲ ﺿ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ .
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺛﻨﻴﻪ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺪﻭﺷﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ ﻗ ﺮ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ CDﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓﺃﻓﻼﻡ DVD .ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺮ ﺹ CDﺃﻭ
DVD،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVDﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ.
٢.ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ CDﺃﻭ DVDﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ.ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVDﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ،ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﻴﺪﻭﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻗﺮ ﺹ CDﺃﻭDVDﺣﺘﻰﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ .
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺃﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ.ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ CDﺃﻭ DVDﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD .
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﺮ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺤﺬﺭ.
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﻭﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻘﻢﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ /ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞﻗ ﺼ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ
ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭﺍﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻦ ﺯﺭ
ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ.
ﺗ ﺴ ﺠ ﻴﻞ ﻗ ﺮ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD ﻗﺎﺑﻼ ًﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻫﺬﺍﻟﻠﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD .
ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﻣ ﻀ ﻐﻮ ﻁﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹDVD،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition ﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower2Go ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
٢٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 35
–ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞCorel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
!!Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition !!Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ
ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
– ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower2Go،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!PowerDVD Create !!Power2Go.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
• ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8 ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power2Goﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤ ﺚﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐPower2Go .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕPower2Goﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴ ﺮ ﻯ ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
٣.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
®
Playerﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﺮ ﺹ DVDﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Windows Media
ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠٧ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺮ ﺩ ﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻷ ﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺑﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻷ ﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻷ ﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﻧﻘﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ. ﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺰﺩﻭ ﺝ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌ ﻚ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ . ﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﻧﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ
ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻟﻠﻔﺄﺭﺓ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻣﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ.ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻭﺳﻮ ﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ
ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻟﻤﺮﺓﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺃﻭﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺑﺈ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻴﻦﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔﺃﻭﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺒﺐﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١ .ﺍﻣﺴﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﺮﺷﺎﺓﺃﻭﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ .
1.
٢ .ﺍﻧﻔﺦﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٣
Page 36
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٨.ﻧﻔﺦﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ
٣ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ 1ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻔﺮﺷﺎﺓﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔﺛﻢﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ .ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺧﺪ ﺵ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍ ﻑ .
٢٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 37
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٩.ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞﺇ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٣.ﺇﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ
ﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ
ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ
ﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﺍﻟﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٥
ﺇﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows 7 Starter
Windows 7 Home Basic
Windows 7 Home Premium
Windows 7 Professional
Windows 7 Ultimate
Windows 8
Windows 8 Professional
Page 38
٢٦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 39
http://www.lenovo.com/healthycomputing
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٣ . ﺃﻧ ﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤ ﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﺇﻣ ﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍ ﺣ ﺔ
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻢﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺎﻣ ﻼًﻣﻬﻤًﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌ ﺐ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﻪ. ﻋ ﻼ ﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺔﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ
ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺣﺪﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺔ.
ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡLenovo ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ.ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻃ ﺮﻗ ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ
ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻦﺇﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺳﻤﻌﻴﺔﺃﻭﺑ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﺣ ﺮﻛﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖﺍﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﺎﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻵ ﺧ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋﻌﻴﻦﺃﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﺗﺮ ﺗﻴ ﺐ ﻣ ﺴ ﺎ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻤ ﻞ
ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ
ﺑﻪ.ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻚ ﻣﻦﺃﻫﻢﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ،ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﻭﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣ ﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﻱ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ،ﺇﻻﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻹ ﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊﻳﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻫ ﻲ
ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺑﻨﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﺑﺎﻹ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺩﻋﻢ.ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻌﺪﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﺨﺎﺫ.ﻗﻢﺑ ﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳ ًﺎﻟﻸ ﺭ ﺽ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ
ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺪﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳ ًﺎﻟﻸ ﺭ ﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳ ﻎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺮﻳﺢ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻤﺴ ًﺎ ﺧﻔﻴﻔًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻊﺇﺭﺧﺎﺀﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ
ﻭﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﻛﺒﺮﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
ﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ،ﺃﻭﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﻪﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ. ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔ، ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ51 ﺇﻟﻰ
61 ﺳﻢ) 20 ﺇﻟﻰ 24 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(،ﻭﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻬﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺛﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺴﻢ.ﻭﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎ، ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.
٢٧
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 40
ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎ ﺀ ﺓ ﻭ ﺩ ﺭ ﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻄ ﻮ ﻉ
ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﻫﺞ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺿ ﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ، ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ،ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀ.ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜ ﺲ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻼ ﻣﻌﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻋ ﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀ،ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺃﻣﻜﻦ
ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻗﻢ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ ًﺎ،ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺭﺃﺳﻴﺔ،ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺃﻱ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣ ﺼ ﺒﺎﺡﻟﻪﻗﻮﺓﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺿ ﻌﻴﻔﺔﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻁ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﺘﺎﺋﺮ ﻣ ﺼ ﻤﺘﺔﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺿ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ
ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﺤ ﺠﺮﺓ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺮ ﺷ ﺢ ﺿ ﺪﺍﻟﺴ ﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﻳﺘﻢﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺮ ﺷ ﺤﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻭ ﺿ ﻮﺡ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻ ﺕ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﺠﻤﻊﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻮﻫ ﺞ.ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺩ ﻭ ﺭ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻬ ﻮﺍﺀ
ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺗﺠﺬ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻊﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧ ﻦﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ.ﺃﻣﺎﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
ﻓﺘﺪﻉﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧ ﻦﻳﺨ ﺮ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ،ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ ﻄ ﻞﺃﻭ
ﺗﻠ ﻒ. ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺪ ﺷ ﻲء ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ،ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ًﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ51 ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ)2ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺂ ﺧ ﺬ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻃ ﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑ ﻼ ﺕ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺪﺩﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ:
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﻟﺔ.ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮﺑﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘ ﺼ ﻮﺩﺓ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔvi .
ﺗ ﺴ ﺠ ﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ؛ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺃﻭ
ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo، ﺳﺘﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻟﻄﻠﺐ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ.ﻭﻋ ﻼ ﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻠﻴﻦ.
ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰhttp://www.lenovo.com/registerﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ:
–ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Product Registrationﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
– ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 :ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Support .ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻧﻘ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗ ﺮ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨ ﻄ ﻘ ﺔ ﺃ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ
ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﻓﻲﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٩
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٩
٢٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 41
ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡ ﺍﺧ ﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬ ﺪ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻬ ﺮ ﺑﺎﺋ ﻲ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﻣﺎ
ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﻓﻼ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﻭﺍﺛﻘًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺨ ﻀ ﻊﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻠﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ)ﻣﺨﺮ ﺝ(ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻬﺎ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺸ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺁﺧﺮﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﻬﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ. ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺋﻢﻓﻴﻪ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻔﺤ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻼ ﻣﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ " 100 - 127 V "ﺃﻭ " 200 - 240 V "،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻌﻪ، ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ
ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻣﺎﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ، ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﺰﺩﻭ ﺝ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ " 100 - 127 V " ﻭ " 200 - 240 V "،ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ
ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﺤﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ،ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﻴ ﻒ ﺁﻟﻴ ًﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑ ﺼ ﺮ ﻑ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺃ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺨﺮ ﺝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔًﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻨﻮ ﻉﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ
ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦLenovo ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓ.
http://www.lenovo.com/powercordnotice
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٣.ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٩
Page 42
٣٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 43
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٤ .ﺍﻷ ﻣ ﺎ ﻥ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ .
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﺮﻳﺔ
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ:
• ﻳﺘﻢﺩﻣﺞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agent ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agent ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣ ﻞ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓﺃ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻪﻟﻠﺴﺮﻗﺔ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﺘﺸ ﻒ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺇﺫﺍﻣﺎ
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻣﺜﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Computrace Agent .
• ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ )ﻳﺴﻤﻰﺍﻳ ﻀ ﺎﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺪﺧ ﻞ (
ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﺧﻮﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺇﻏ ﻼﻗﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩ .
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٠ .
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋﻴﺔSecurity ،ﺣﺪﺩChassis Intrusion Detection !!Enabled .ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﺘﺸ ﻒ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺃﻥ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﺃﻭﺇﻏ ﻼﻗﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ، ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧ ﻄﺄ.ﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺄﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺇﻏ ﻼﻗﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٨ .
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF1ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10ﻟﻠﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺄﻫﺬﻩﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
• ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ USB ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨١ .
• ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ُﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ (
ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ.ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻭﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻠﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility
ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥﺗﺤﻞ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﺤ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﺢﺑﺎﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ
ﻭﺍﻵﻣﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
• ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨١ .
• ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﻥﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
•Trusted Platform Module (TPM)
ﻭﺣﺪﺓTrusted Platform Module ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺁﻣﻦﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻛﻮﺩﻳﺔﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
٣١
ﺗ ﻮ ﺻ ﻴ ﻞ ﻗﻔ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑ ﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ،ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻴﻪﺑﺎﺳﻢﻗﻔﻞKensington،ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨ ﻀ ﺪﺓﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ.ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ
ﺑﺨﺎﻧﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻳ ﻀ ﺎﺑﺎﻗﻔﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.ﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍﻫﻮﻧﻔ ﺲ
ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻊﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻘﻠﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦKensington ﻋﻠﻰ:
http://www.lenovo.com/support
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 44
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ١٠ .ﻗﻔﻞﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡBIOS ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ
ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡBIOS
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡBIOS ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻤﻨﻊﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• Power-On Password : ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪPower-On Password، ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻢﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Power-On Password " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٠ .
• Hard Disk Password :ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ. ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭHard Disk Password، ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ " Hard Disk Password " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٠ .
ً
• Administrator Password :ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ
ﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻌﺪﺓﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦAdministrator Password .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ
" Administrator Password " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٠ .
ﻟﺴ ﺖ ﻣ ﻀ ﻄ ﺮًﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭWindows
ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺓ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠٧ .
٣٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 45
ﺗﻜ ﻮ ﻳ ﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑ ﻊ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋﻴﺔFingerprint Setup ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•Preboot Authentication :ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ BIOSﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
•Erase Fingerprint Data :ﻟﻤﺴ ﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩ .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩSecurity !!Fingerprint Setup ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝEnter .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ
Fingerprint Setup .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩPreboot AuthenticationﺃﻭErase Fingerprint Dataﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝEnter .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .
٥.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ Enterﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻓ ﻬ ﻤ ﻬﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯًﺍﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠًﺎﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ، ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎ
ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺑﻐﺮ ﺽ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ،ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮ ﺧ ﺺ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻧﻪﻳﺤﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺻ ﻴﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ
ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔWindows .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔWindows، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
"ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠٧ .
ﺣ ﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎ ﺕ
ﻟﻘﺪﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ30 ﻳﻮﻡ.ﺑﻌﺪ30 ﻳﻮﻣﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ
ﺑﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴ ﺺ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻼﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺠﺐ ﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٣٣
Page 46
٣٤ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 47
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٥ .ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬ ﺎ ﺯ ﺃ ﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟ ﻪ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺇﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺴ ﺎ ﺳ ﺔ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴًﺎ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺑﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋ ﻄ ﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻤﺜﻞﺃﻱ ﺿ ﺮ ﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺿ ﺮ ﺭًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻐًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ ًﺎﺃﻥﺗ ﻀ ﻊﻓﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ:
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻚ.ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤ ﺮ ﺹ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCIﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ . ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺃﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﻤﻨﻊﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.
•ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻼ ﻣ ﺲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻤﺪﺓ
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓﻭﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.
• ﻗﻢ،ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺬﻟﻚ ، ﺿﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻢ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
• ﻻﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺗﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ Lenovoﻓﻘﻂ.
٢.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺣﺪﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺍﺧ ﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﺕ ﺧ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺳ ﺢﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ،
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ. ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨ ﻭ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﻼ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
ﻓ ﻚ ﺣ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺍ ﻹ ﻃ ﺎﺭ ﻭﺇ ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺗ ﺮ ﻛﻴﺒﻪ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ .
٣٥
ﻟﻔﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 48
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﺮﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١١.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻻﻃﺎﺭ
٤ . ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ
ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺣ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌ ﺮ ﺽ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣ . ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺇﻃﺎﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﺮﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
٣٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 49
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٢.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻻﻃﺎﺭ
٤ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦﺃﻋﻠﻰﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﺮ
ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٧
Page 50
٥ . ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ،ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳ ﻲ ﻭﺃﺯ ﻝﻗﻔﻞ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ .ﻳﺒﻠﻎﻧﻄﺎﻕ
ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ 110 ﻣﻠّﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) 4.33 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٤.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﻔﻞ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ
٦ . ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﺒﺮﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄ ﺎﺀ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎ ﺳ ﺐ ﺍ ﻵ ﻟ ﻲ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻧﺰ ﻉ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ ﺷ ﻲءﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧ ﻼ ﺕ /ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻳﺔﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨ﻭ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٠ .
٣٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 51
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﻗﻔﺎﻝﺗﺤﻤﻲ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣١ .
٥.ﺿ ﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ.ﺍﻣﺴ ﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٦.ﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٥ .
٧.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣ ﻲ ﻧﺰ ﻉ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺿ ﻴﺤ ﻲ،ﺛﻢﺍﺳ ﺤ ﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ،ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊ
ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٥.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﻓ ﻚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻹ ﻃ ﺎﺭ ﻭﺇ ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺗ ﺮ ﻛﻴﺒﻪ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﻚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻟﻔﻚ ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٥ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٦.ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒ ّﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺮ ّﻙ ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٩
Page 52
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٦.ﻓﻚﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ
٧ . ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻘﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ،ﺛﻢﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻢﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ
ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﻓ ﻚ ﻋ ﻤ ﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻭﺇ ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺗ ﺮ ﻛﻴﺒﻪ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﻚ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎ ﺱ 20 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻟﻔﻚ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٥.ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ،ﺛﻢ ﺣﺮ ّﻙ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻠﻪ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
٤٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 53
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٧.ﻓﻚ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ
٦ . ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ،ﺛﻢﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﻓ ﻚ ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮ ﻋ ﺔ ﺍ ﻹ ﺩ ﺧ ﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍ ﺝ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺇ ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺗ ﺮ ﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ.
ﻟﻔﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
ﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ
1ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒ
ّ
٥.ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ
ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤١
Page 54
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٨.ﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
٦ . ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ /ﺍﻹﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ /ﺍﻹﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .
ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ.
٧ . ﺭﻛّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ /ﺍﻹﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﺍ ﺕ ﺫﺍﻛ ﺮ ﺓ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝDDR3 DIMMs ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ16 ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ
ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ2 ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ،ﺃﻭ4 ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ،ﺃﻭ8 ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖDDR3 SODIMMs ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﺣﺘﻰ16 ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺤﺪﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ.
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٥ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٤٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 55
٦ . ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻠﺒﺴﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ .ﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢﻛﻠﺒﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻭﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ
ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٩.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
٧ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺩﺭﺍﺝﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺳﻨﻮﻥ 2 ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲﺧﺎﻧﺔ 1.ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﻠﻔﻬﺎﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﻭﺣﺪﺓ
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺟﻴﺪًﺍﻓﻲﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺸ ﻐ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٣
Page 56
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺮﻓﻘ ًﺎﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ 20 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧ ﻞﺛﻢ ﺣﺮ ّﻙ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺟﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢١.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ)ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ20 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺮﻓﻘ ًﺎﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ 23 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧ ﻞﺛﻢ ﺣﺮ ّﻙ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٢.ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ)ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ23 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
٦.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺟﻴﺪﺍﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺐ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ.
1،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3،ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ
٨ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ.
٤٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 57
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.
١٠ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺮﻓﻘ ًﺎﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ 20 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻃ ﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٤.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ)ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ20 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺮﻓﻘ ًﺎﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ 23 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺣ ﺮّﻙ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٥
Page 58
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ)ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎﺱ23 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﻐ ﻞ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋ ﻲ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﺮ ﻱ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
1ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺛﻢﺍﺳ ﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ.
٥.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ
٤٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 59
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٦.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ
٦ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺤ ﻮ ﻝ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٧
Page 60
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺃﺧﺮ ﺝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٦ .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
ﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ.ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
1ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒ
ّ
٦.ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٢٨ .ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
٨.ﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
٩.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٦ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﺓ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺧ ﻦﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ
ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
٤٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 61
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﻟﻤﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ:
1ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
b.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٩.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
٦ .ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄ ﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
a.ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﻟ ﻒ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻟﺘﺤ ﺮﻳﺮﻩﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
b.ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻤﻴﺔﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ.
٧.ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﻳﺔﻟﻠﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٨.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ،ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٢٩ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٩ .
1ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
b.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
• ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٩
Page 62
• ﻻﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﻐ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴ ﻖ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻼًﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺧﻨًﺎ ﺟﺪًﺍ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
٥.ﺃﺧﺮ ﺝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٨ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﺗﻼﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪﺃﻱ ﺷ ﻲ ء.
1ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ 2ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 3.
٦ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٠.ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
٧ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ .
٥٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 63
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣١.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
a.ﻗﺪﻳﺒﺪﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ.
1ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ
ﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ً
2 ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.ﻳﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ
b.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈ ﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ
c.ﺍﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ.ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
d.ﻻ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺃﻱ ﺷ ﻲءﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣ ًﺎ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺳﻨﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔﻗﺪﺭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ.
٨.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ.
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻤ ﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
١٠ .ﺃﻣﺴ ﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ
ﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
١١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﻴﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥١
Page 64
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٢.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
١٢ .ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺣﺎﺟﺰﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﺇﻗﻔﺎﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ.
١٣ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٨ .
١٤ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎ ﻋ ﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻤﺎ ﻋ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﺧ ﻠﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٥.ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺻ ﻠﺔﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰ ﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٦.ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ،ﺛﻢﺃﺧﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٥٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 65
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٣.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
٧ . ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺴﺎﺭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ،ﺛﻢﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺛﻘﺒﻲ ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﻱ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎﻣﺤﺎﺫﻳﺎﻟﺘﻠﻚ
ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.
٨.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.
٩.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺸ ﻌ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٥.ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﻛﺒﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺛﻢﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺒﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻋ ﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺖ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
1ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒ
ّ
٦.ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ
ﺖ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻘﺎ ﺱ20 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎ ﺱ
1ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒ
ّ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ
23 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٣
Page 66
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٤.ﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA
٧ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧ ﻞﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESA .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ًﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ .
٥٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 67
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٥.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ
٨ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺃﺣﺪﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESA ﺛﻢﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐVESA ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ًﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٥
Page 68
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٦.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
١٠ .ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESAﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ VESAﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴ ﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤ ﺪ ﻣ ﺠ ﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣ . ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٥٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 69
٤ . ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﻓﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ .ﻟﻔﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻓﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٠ .
٥.ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰ ﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
1 ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺧﺮﺝﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
٦.ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٣٧ .ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ
٧.ﻭ ﺟ ّﻪ ﻛﺒﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺛﻢ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ
ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.
٨.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺕWI-FI
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺕWI-FI .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻛﺎﺭ ﺕ WI-FI ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺕWI-FI،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٧
Page 70
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ.ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤١ .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺕ WI-FIﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
٦.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WI-FI ،ﺛﻢﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﺒ ّﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WI-FIﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٣٨ .ﻓﺼﻞﺍﻟﻜﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WI-FI
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWI-FIﺑﺤ ﺮ ﺹ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWI-FIﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔmini PCI Express x1 .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٣٩ .ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﺎﺭﺕ WI-FI
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺑﺴﻨﻮﻥﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔWI-FIﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔmini PCI Express x1 .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWI-FIﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢ
ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWI-FI ﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔWI-FI ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٥٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 71
٩.ﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟﺬ ﻱ ﻳﺜﺒّﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WI-FIﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
١٠ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ WI-FIﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮ ﺀ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺤ ﻴ ﻂ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﻓﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ .ﻟﻔﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻓﻚﻋﻤﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ
٤٠ .
1ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﺠ ﺲ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
٥ . ﻗﻢ،ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ،ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٠.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ
٦ . ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٩
Page 72
٧ . ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ،ﺛﻢﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ
ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂ.
٨ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻂﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﺓBluetooth
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓBluetooth .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﻜﻮﻥﻭ ﺣﺪﺓ Bluetooth ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓBluetooth،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤١ .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓ Bluetooth .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٦.ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ Bluetooth ،ﻭﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٧.ﻗﻢ،ﺑﺤ ﺮ ﺹ ،ﺑﻔﻚ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ Bluetoothﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺳ ﺤﺒﻬﺎﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٤١ .ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓBluetooth
٨.ﺿ ﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ Bluetoothﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ Bluetoothﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ.
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ Bluetoothﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
١٠ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤١ .
٦٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 73
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ُﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٥.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ.
1ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺛﻢﺍﺭﻓﻊﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٦ . ﻓﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٢.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺛﻢ ﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ.
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦١
Page 74
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝExpressCard
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝExpressCard .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥExpressCard ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝExpressCard،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ExpressCard .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
1ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﺖExpressCardﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺛﻢﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﻋ ﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٥ . ﻗﻢ،ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ،ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٣.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔExpressCard
٦ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ExpressCard ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺑﻤﻮﺻ ﻞ ExpressCard ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ExpressCard
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺛﻢ ﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖExpressCard ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٦٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 75
• ﻻﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﺓ ﻭ ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮ ﻋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺣ ﺔ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺪﺓ ﻣ ﻌﺎﻟ ﺠ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺮ ﺳ ﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮ ﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮ ﺳ ﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ
ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳ ﻮﻣﺎﺕ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٥.ﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳ ﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺛﻢﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٦.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒ ّﺖ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ:
1ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
b.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٣
Page 76
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٤.ﻓﻚ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ
٧ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄ ﻞ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳ ﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
a.ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﻟﻒ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
b.ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻢﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
٨ . ﺿﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓ
ﻟﻬﺎﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٩ .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒ ّﺖ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ،ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٤٤
"ﻓﻚ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٤ :
1ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
b.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
١٠ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳ ﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮ ﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕPS/2 ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺴ ﻠ ﺴ ﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﻠﻔﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕPS/2 ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ.
٦٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 77
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ PS/2 ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕPS/2 ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢ . ﺿﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺢ .ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻓﻖ،ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪﺑﺤﻴﺚﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
ﻟﻠﺴ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ PS/2ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٢ .
٥.ﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ PS/2ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ/
ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤١ .
1ﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕPS/2ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
٦.ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﻓﻚﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ PS/2 ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٥.ﻓﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕPS/2 ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
٧ . ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ PS/2 ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻊﺗﻠﻚﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .ﺛﻢﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕPS/2 ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
٨ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻼ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ PS/2 ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ " ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٥ .
٩ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ /ﺍﻹﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﻓﻚﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ /ﺍﻹﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤١ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٥
Page 78
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭ ﺓ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﺎﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ً
1ﺃﻭﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 2.ﺗﺒﻌ
٢ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﻣﺘﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ PS/2
ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺑﻪ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨ﺃﻭ
"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٦.ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ USBﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﺃﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻠﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ.
٣.ﺃﺧﺮ ﺝ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ USBﻣﻦ ﺣ ﺠﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜ ﻲﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺃﻭ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ USBﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USBﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ًﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.
2.ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ USBﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ.
1.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﺠﺮﺓﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ.
4.ﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ AAAﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ.
3.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻣﺤﻮﻝ USBﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USBﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٦٦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 79
6.ﺣﺮ ّﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣ ﺼﺒﺎﺡ
LED )ﺍﻟﺼ ﻤﺎﻡﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋ ﺚ ﻟﻠﻀ ﻮﺀ(ﻣ ﻀﺎﺀ ً.
5.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﺠﺮﺓﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻭﺣﺮ ّﻛﻪﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺘﻰﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻩ
ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
–ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺒﺎﺡ LEDﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.
–ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻭﻣﻴ ﺾ ﻣ ﺼ ﺒﺎﺡ LEDﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎ ﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
–ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .ﻳﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
–ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ USBﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻨﻪﻓﻲ ﺣ ﺠ ﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺣ ﺠﺮﺓﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
1
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٧
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ.ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ PS/2
ﺃﻭﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB2.ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ
ﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨ﺃﻭ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠ .
Page 80
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٧.ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻠﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ.
٣.ﺭﻛ ّﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ ﺣ ﺠ ﺮﺓﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎ ﺱ AAAﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٤٨ .ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
٤.ﺃﺧﺮ ﺝ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ USBﻣﻦ ﺣ ﺠﺮﺓﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺣ ﺠﺮﺓﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻪﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USBﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ
"ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٦ .
٥.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ ﺣ ﺠ ﺮﺓﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦٨ .
ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ.ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎ، ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
Setup Utility " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩ .
٦٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 81
ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ " ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٢ . ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺃﺑﻖﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻔ ﺼ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻫﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٣ . ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻊﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ
ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ
٤.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣١ .
٥.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺇﻃﺎﺭ،ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﻣﻞﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٥ .
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٠ .
٧.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ٧ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ،ﺗﻄﻠﺐﺷﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ (CRU) .ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓCRU ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺪﺓﺃﻳﺎﻡﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓCRU .
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮ ﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ ﺸ ﻐ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻲﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊhttp://www.lenovo.com/support .ﺗﺘﻢﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ
ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٩
Page 82
٧٠ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 83
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٦ .ﻣﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘ ﻌﺎﺩ ﺓ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡLenovo ﺑﺈﺗﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ.
• "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧١
• "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٦
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻨ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞWindows 7
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ
•ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery
•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ
•ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
•ﺣ ﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١ . ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Product Recovery ﺑﻬﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﻣﺰEnhanced Backup and Restore ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﺧﺎﻓﺘ ًﺎ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recovery ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎﻗﺒﻞﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺼ ﻪ.ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recovery،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
a.ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰEnhanced Backup and Restore .
b.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
c.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰEnhanced Backup and Restore .
٢ . ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ .ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻃﺒﻘ ًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
٣ . ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻸ ﻏﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻘﻂ :
٧١
•ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
•ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻣ ﻬﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼ ﻣﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﺃﻭﺑﻴﻌﻪ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ،ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌﺪﻓﺸ ﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ
ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻓﻲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ .ﻗﺪ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﻟﻠﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻭﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺗﺮﺧﻴ ﺺMicrosoft Windows ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻓﻘﻂ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺪﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ.
ﺇﻧ ﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ USB ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ .
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 84
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻭﻗﺖ
ﺍﺳﺘﻼ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻓﺸ ﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ : ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١. ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦUSB (ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Please select boot device ،ﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter .ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٥ .
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨ ﺴ ﺦ ﺍﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ، ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻟﻠﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ:
•ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻣﺮﻛ ّﺐ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖUSBﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ)ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ(
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻟﻠﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧ ﺴ ﺨ ﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
ﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!Enhanced Backup and Restore .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕBack up your hard driveﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦ
ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.
ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!Enhanced Backup and Restore .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٧٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 85
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰRestore your system from a backup .
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ Rescue and
Recovery "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٣ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣ ﺴ ﺎ ﺣ ﺔRescue and Recovery
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recoveryﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻋ ﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows .ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows .ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺧ ﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery :
• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦﻧﺴﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ :ﺗﺴﻤﺢﻟﻚﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﻢﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﻭ ﺳ ﻂ ﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﻟﻠﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUSB ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹ.ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺤ ﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣ ًﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻘﻢﺑﻌﻤﻞﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢ ﻋﻤﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺬﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﺟ ﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ﺎﺍﺳﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﻉ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔRescue and Recovery ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUSB ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ .
• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ Rescue and Recovery :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻠﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔRescue and Recovery، ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ :ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢC: ﻭﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ
ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻛﻤﺎﻫ ﻲ.ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋ ﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻗﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ Rescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮ ﺿ ﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،
ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ)ﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻫﻮC: (ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺎﺣ ًﺎ،ﻓﻘﻢ
ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻧﺴ ﺦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ.ﺇﻥﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔRescue files ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ
Rescue and Recovery ﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺁﺧﺮ .
ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F11ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ Rescue and Recovery ،ﻓﺎﻛﺘﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻈﻬﺮﻟﻚ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ
Rescue and Recoveryﺑﻌﺪﻓﺘﺮﺓﻗ ﺼ ﻴﺮﺓ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺍﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺣﻞﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٦ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕRescue filesﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈ ﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔRescue and Recoveryﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺮ ﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕFull Restore ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٥ .
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍ ﻹ ﻧﻘﺎﺫ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖUSB،ﺍﺳﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄ ﻞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞRescue and Recovery ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١ . ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٧٣
Page 86
٢ . ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ .
ﺇﻧ ﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ.
ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!Enhanced Backup and Restore .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ.ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ Create Rescue and Recovery Media .
٤.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue Media ،ﺣﺪﺩﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ USBﺃﻭ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ.
٥ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ OK ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺮ ﺹ ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ :
١.ﺃﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Please select boot device ،ﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Please select boot device ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﻷﻭﻝ.ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﻓﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter . ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ USB ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ USBﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ USBﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Please select boot device ،ﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Please select boot device ،ﺣﺪﺩﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ USBﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ Enter .ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺑﺪﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ ،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery .ﺗﺘﺎﺡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and
Recovery .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
ﺇ ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻄ ﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﺕ ﻭﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞ ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣ ﺴ ﺒﻘًﺎ
ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺗﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣ ﺴﺒﻘًﺎ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.
ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞC:\SWTOOLS .
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ،ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮ ﻋﻴﺔﺗﺘﻢﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٤.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.
٥.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﺍﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ SETUP.EXEﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ EXEﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﻒ
ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ .
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟ ﻬﺰﺓﻣ ﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ.
٧٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 87
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ : ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭ ﻱ ﺗ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ
ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻙ.
ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞC:\SWTOOLS .
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺠﻠﺪDRIVERS .ﺿ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪDRIVERS ،ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮ ﻋﻴﺔﻳﺘﻢﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،
ﻣﺜﻞAUDIO ﺃﻭVIDEO .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ.
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋﻴﺔﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻠ ﻒSETUP.exe .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ .
•ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒREADME.txtﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺁﺧ ﺮﻟﻪﺍﻟﻼ ﺣﻘﺔ.txt .ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﻢﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ،WIN98.txt .ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻣﻠﻒTXT ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ .
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠ ﻒ ﻟﻪﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ .inf ﻭﻛﻨﺖﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ INF،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻓﻲWindows ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔ ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﻟﺤﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ " ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٧ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
ﺇ ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣ ﺞ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻠﺢﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺪﺗﻮﺍﺟﻬﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕMicrosoft Windows ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ.
ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻵ ﺧﺮ .ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻟﺪﻳﻪﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺃﻡ ﻻ .
•ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕMicrosoft Windowsﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
•ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﻣﻦLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞC:\SWTOOLS .
٣.ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ.ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ،ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮ ﻋﻴﺔﺗﺘﻢﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٤.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ.
٥.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ،ﺍﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻠ ﻒ SETUP.EXEﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ EXEﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ
ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ .
ﺇ ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞ ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ
ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﺣﺪﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭ ﻱ ﺗ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻙ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ
ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٤ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٧٥
Page 88
ﺣ ﻞ ﻣ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﺍﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞRescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭ ﺳ ﻂ ﺍﻧﻘﺎﺫﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery .ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٣ .
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻓﺸ ﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻺ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼ ﻣﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧١ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻣﻦﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ
ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫ)ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖUSB ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ(ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ًﺍﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺑﺪﺀ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻭﻻ ًﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨١ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ
ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ.ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility،ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩ .
ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭ ﻱ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺄﺳ ﺮ ﻉ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻨ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞWindows 8
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﻣﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 .
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺟﻴﺪﺓﻭﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔﻧﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪﻣﺆﺧ ﺮًﺍ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺃﻭ
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ : ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ، ﺳﺘﺘﻢﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦ Windows Store، ﻭﻟﻜﻦﺳﺘﺘﻢﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻰ:
١ . ﺣﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
!!ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ !!ﻋﺎﻡ.
٢ .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻥﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿ ﻴﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔ.ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﻭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢﺣﺬ ﻑ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ .ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻌﻤﻞﻧﺴﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ.
ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻰ:
١ . ﺣﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
!!ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ !!ﻋﺎﻡ.
٢ .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﺷ ﻲ ء ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖWindows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ
ﺗﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windowsﺃﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windowsﻣﻦ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
!!ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ !!ﻋﺎﻡ.
٢ .ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻵﻥ !!ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑﺍﻷﺧ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ !!ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ .
٧٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 89
٣ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺘﺒﻌ ًﺎﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٦.ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ٧٧
Page 90
٧٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 91
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٧ .ﺍﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺑ ﺮ ﻧﺎ ﻣ ﺞ Setup Utility
ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ،ﺑ ﺼ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .
ﺑﺪ ﺀ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣ ﺞSetup Utility
ﻟﺒﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F1ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻤﺎﻋ ﻚ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺻ ﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻚ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺪﺀﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﺗﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦ
ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF1 .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ Power-On Password ﺃﻭAdministrator Password،ﻓﻠﻦﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ﺇﻟﻰﺃﻥ
ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩ .
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﺘﺸ ﻒ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭPOST ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻤ ﺖ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﻥ ﺣ ﺠﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻗﺪﺍﻧﺨﻔ ﺺ، ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧ ﻄﺄﻋﻨﺪﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻭﺳﺘﺘﻢﻣ ﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F1 ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F10 ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ Enter
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ.ﻟﻦﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺄﻫﺬﻩﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
• ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F2 ﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺄﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ Configuration Change Detectionﻟـ POSTﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ .ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﻴﺰﺓ Configuration
Change Detection،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩSecurity !!Configuration Change Detection ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩEnabledﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .
٤.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ Enterﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ.
ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍ ﻹ ﻋ ﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﺕ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺎ
ﺗﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻤﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺒﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ
"ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩ .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈ ﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ BIOS .ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ
ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻤﻨﻊﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ
ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•Power-On Password
•Administrator Password
•Hard Disk Password
٧٩
ﻟﺴ ﺖ ﻣ ﻀ ﻄ ﺮًﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺇﺫﺍﻗﺮﺭ ﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻱ
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ،ﻓﺎﻗﺮﺃﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 92
Power-On Password
Administrator Password
ﺍ ﻋ ﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﺕ ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻦﺃﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ64 ﺣﺮﻓ ًﺎﺃﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎﻭﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ. ﻷ ﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻔ ﻀ ﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺨﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰﺓ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﻭ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ
•ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮ ﻑ ﺃﺑﺠﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺣﺮ ﻑ ﺭﻗﻤ ﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ
•ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utilityﻭﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﻤ ﻚﺃﻭﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓﺃﻭﺍﺳﻢﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪPower-On Password، ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.
ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦAdministrator Password ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ ًﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻌﺪﺓﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦAdministrator Password .
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦAdministrator Password، ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility . ﻻ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility،ﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.
Password ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻱﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ .
Hard Disk Password
ﻭﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺁﺧﺮ.
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩ .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩSecurity .
٣.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ،ﺣﺪﺩSet Power-On PasswordﺃﻭSet Administrator Password ،ﺃﻭHard Disk Password .
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻭ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻦﺃﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ 64ﺣﺮﻓ ًﺎﺃﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎﻭﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
"ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٠ .
ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻞٍﻣﻦPower-On Password ﻭAdministrator Password،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ.ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡAdministrator
ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭHard Disk Password ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭHard Disk Password، ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
•ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﺗﺘﻢ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮﺗﻤ ﺖ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
•ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺣ ﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺃﻭ ﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤ ﻜ ﻦ ﺗﺬﻛ ﺮ ﻫ ﺎﺃﻭ ﺗﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻫﺎ)ﻣ ﺴ ﺢCMOS (
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﻓﻘﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
٨٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 93
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﻓﻘﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺻ ﻠﺔﺗﺨ ﻄ ﻲ Clear CMOS /Recoveryﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺻ ﻠﺔﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﻄ ﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ)ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ 1ﻭ2(ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ)ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ 2ﻭ3(.
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٨ .
٦.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ 10ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ٍ.ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ٍﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ.
٧.ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ1ﺇﻟﻰ2.
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺻ ﻠﺔﺗﺨ ﻄ ﻲ Clear CMOS /Recoveryﻣﺮﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ)ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ 1ﻭ2(.
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٨ .
ﺇﺗﺎ ﺣ ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺇﺗﺎ ﺣ ﺔ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB .ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB،ﻟﻦﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ
USB .
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰDisabled،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻛﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕSATA )ﻣﺜﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ(ﻭﻟﻦﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ.
USB Setup
SATA Controller
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩ .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩDevices .
٣.ﺑﻨﺎﺀﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺇﺗﺎﺣﺘﻪﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﺗﺎﺣﺘﻪ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺣﺪﺩUSB Setupﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUSB .
•ﺣﺪﺩATA Drive Setupﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯSATAﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .
٥.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٣ .
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺪ ﺀ ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞ
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻘﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺪﺀﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻵﺗﻰ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ.
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺪ ﺀ ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞ ﻣ ﺆ ﻗ ﺖ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻻﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀ .
١.ﺃﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Please select boot device ،ﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter .ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﺩ ﻱ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓPlease select boot deviceﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ.
ﺍ ﺧ ﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗ ﺴ ﻠ ﺴ ﻞ ﺃﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﺑﺪ ﺀ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻩ
ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٧.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٨١
Page 94
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩ .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩStartup .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓPrimary Startup SequenceﻭAutomatic Startup SequenceﻭError Startup Sequence .ﺍﻗﺮﺃﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭ ﺿ ﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
٤.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10 ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٣ .
ﺗﻤ ﻜﻴ ﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺗﻮﺍﻓ ﻖErP
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔErP ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔPower ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖErP ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩ .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩPower !!Enhanced Power Saving Mode ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩEnabledﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .
٤.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔPowerﺣﺪﺩAutomatic Power Onﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٥.ﺣﺪﺩWake on Lanﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٦.ﺣﺪﺩDisabledﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٧.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ Enterﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ErP ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
•ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
•ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓWake Up on Alarm
ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ Wake Up on Alarmﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ .ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﻴﺰﺓ Wake Up on Alarm ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩPower !!Automatic Power On ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩWake Up on Alarmﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
٤.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ Enterﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ.
• ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﻣﻴﺰﺓ After Power Loss
ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺓAfter Power Loss ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎ ﻑ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞﺑﻌﺪﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻔﺎﺟ ﺊ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺓAfter Power Loss،
ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩPower !!After Power Loss ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩPower Onﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
٤.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ Enterﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ.
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺀICE
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔICE Performance Mode.ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ:
•Better Acoustic Performance )ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ(
•Better Thermal Performance
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ Better Acoustic Performance،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺄﻗﻞﺿ ﻮ ﺿ ﺎﺀﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ .ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ Better
Thermal Performance،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ.
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺃﺩﺍﺀICE،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
٨٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 95
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩ .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩPower .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩIntelligent Cooling Engine (ICE) .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Intelligent Cooling Engine (ICE) .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩICE Performance Mode .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ICE Performance Mode .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩBetter Acoustic PerformanceﺃﻭBetter Thermal Performanceﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻚ.
٦.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٣ .
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟـICE
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻈ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔICE Thermal Alert.ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ:
•Enabled )ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ(
•Disabled
ﺑﻌﺪﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟـICE،ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻈ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺟﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋ ﻄ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭ ﺡ،ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ،ﻭ ﺿ ﻌ ﻒ
ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ،ﺗﺘﻢﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺳ ﺠﻞ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪﻓﻲ ﺳ ﺠ ﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows .ﻗﺪﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺳ ﺠ ﻞﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟـICE،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٧٩ .
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩPower .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩIntelligent Cooling Engine (ICE) .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Intelligent Cooling Engine (ICE) .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩICE Thermal Alert .ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ICE Thermal Alert .
٥.ﺣﺪﺩEnabledﺃﻭDisabledﺑﺤ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ.
٦.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٣ .
ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺮ ﻭ ﺝ ﻣ ﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺎﻣ ﺞSetup Utility
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Escﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ
Escﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ.ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .
•ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﻻﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ،ﻓﺤﺪﺩExit !!Discard Changes and Exitﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Reset Without
Saving،ﺣﺪﺩYes،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Enterﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺎﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F9 ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10 ﻟﺤﻔﻆﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility
ﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎﺋﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٧.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility٨٣
Page 96
٨٤ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 97
Lenovoﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ: http://www.lenovo.com .ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ POSTﻭ BIOSﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ TXTﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ
http://www.lenovo.com/support
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٨ . ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺚ ﺑ ﺮ ﺍ ﻣ ﺞ ﺍﻟﻨ ﻈ ﺎﻡ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣ ﻮﻝﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚPOST ﻭBIOS ﻭﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻓﺸ ﻞﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚPOST ﻭBIOS .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞ ﺍﻟﻨ ﻈ ﺎﻡ
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻫ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡBIOS ﻭPOST،ﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .ﻳﻌﺪPOST
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﺗﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ. BIOS ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ
ﺑﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﻨﻔﺬﻫﺎﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ
ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٩ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺘﻬﺎﻭﻣﺤﻮﻫﺎﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴًﺎ) EEPROM،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﻛﺬﻟﻚ
ﺑﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ flash (.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ POST ﻭ BIOS ﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ، ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺧﺎ ﺹ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻗﺪﺗﻘﻮﻡLenovo ﺑﺈﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰPOST ﻭBIOS . ﻋﻨﺪﺇﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ،ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔﻛﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
ﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺇﻣﺎﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺚ)ﺗ ﺠ ﺪﻳﺪ( BIOS ﻣ ﻦ ﻗ ﺮ ﺹ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ( BIOS ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮ ﺹ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺫﺍﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀﻟﻠﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮ ﺹ )ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺑﺎﺳﻢﻧﺴ ﺨﺔ ISO (ﻣﻊﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀﻗﺮ ﺹ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ:
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ( BIOS ﻣﻦﻗﺮ ﺹ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺃﻭﻗ ﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ Startup Device Menu ،ﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Startup Device Menu ،ﺣﺪﺩﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ
ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter . ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ .
٤ . ﻋﻨﺪﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴ ﻞ ،ﻳﻮﺻ ﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺿ ﻐﻂ N.ﻭﻣﻊﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴ ﻞ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ Y،
ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter .
٥ . ﻋﻨﺪﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩ ،ﻳﻮﺻ ﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺿ ﻐﻂ N.ﻭﻣﻊﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻓﺈﺫﺍﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩ ،
ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂY،ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂEnter .
٦ .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ .ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ .
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺚ)ﺗ ﺠ ﺪﻳﺪ( BIOS ﻣ ﻦ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻧﻈ ﺮ ًﺍﻟﻠﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞLenovoﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻬﺎ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺨ ﻀ ﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ،
ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ( BIOS ﻣﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰhttp://www.lenovo.com/support .
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ:
a.ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝEnter a product number )ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ(،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂGo )ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ(.
b.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕDownloads and drivers )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(.
٨٥
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 98
c.ﺣﺪﺩBIOSﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔRefine results )ﺗ ﻀ ﻴﻴﻖﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ(ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑـ BIOS .
d.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ BIOS .
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠ ﻒ TXTﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ( BIOSﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٤.ﺍﻃﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺓ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔﻧﻈ ﺮ ًﺍ ﻷﻧﻪﻟﻦﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﻌﺪﺑﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ.
٥.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻪ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ.
ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣ ﻦ ﻓ ﺸ ﻞ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺚPOST/BIOS
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚPOST ﻭBIOS،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ ﺙ
ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺈﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﻓﺸ ﻞﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚPOST ﻭBIOS .ﻳ ُﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﻢ"ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓBoot-block ".
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٨ .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺻ ﻠﺔﺗﺨ ﻄ ﻲ Clear CMOS /Recoveryﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٥ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺗﻌﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺻ ﻠﺔﺗﺨ ﻄ ﻲClear CMOS /Recovery .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺻ ﻠﺔﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﻄ ﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ)ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ 1ﻭ2(ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ)ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ 2ﻭ3(.
٦.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺗﻢﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎ.
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٨ .
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ( POSTﻭ BIOSﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ.ﺍﻧﺘﻈ ﺮﺑ ﻀ ﻊ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ.ﻭﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ.
ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻐﺮ ﻕ ﺟﻠﺴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺩﻗﻴﻘﺘﻴﻦﺃﻭﺛﻼ ﺙ .ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ،ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺃﻱ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﻳﻠﺰﻡﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻩ .
٩.ﺑﻌﺪﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻠﺴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ،ﻟﻦﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺁﻟﻴ ًﺎ.
١٠ .ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ1ﺇﻟﻰ4.
١١ .ﻗﻢﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺻ ﻠﺔﺗﺨ ﻄ ﻲ Clear CMOS /Recoveryﻣﺮﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ)ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ 1ﻭ2(.
١٢ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺗﻢﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎ.
١٣ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪﺗﻢﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎ.
١٤ .ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺑﺪﺀﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٨٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 99
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٩ . ﺗ ﻔﺎﺩ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺚ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗﺮ
ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ،ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﻭﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺣﺪﺩﺃﻳًﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٧
• "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٧
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSystem Update "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٧
ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺼ ﻮ ﻝ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺃ ﺣ ﺪ ﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣ ﺞ ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﻟﻠﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻧﻈ ﺮ ًﺍﻟﻠﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞLenovoﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻬﺎ،ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺨ ﻀ ﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ،
ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊLenovo ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺎﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ Windows Updateﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ .ﺣﻴﺚﻟﻢﺗﺨ ﻀ ﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
Windowsﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻻ ﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ Lenovoﻭﻗﺪﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔﻣﻦ Lenovo .
١.ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰhttp://www.lenovo.com/support .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕDownload & Drivers )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(.
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻓﺌﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻟﻬﺎ.
٥.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ.
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ.
٨٧
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺚ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞ
ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔMicrosoft ﺑﺎﺗﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﻊMicrosoft Windows Update ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊ
ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕWindows ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻧﻪﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺗ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺃﻭﻧﺴ ﺦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ Windows )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ(،ﺃﻭﺗ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows ﺃﻭﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ .
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﺗﺠﻨﺐﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ Windows ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ . ﺣﻴﺚﻟﻢﺗﺨ ﻀ ﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ Windows
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻻ ﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐLenovo ﻭﻗﺪﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺛﺔﻣﻦ
Lenovo .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٧ .
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊMicrosoft Windows Update،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺗﻔ ﻀ ﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊhttp://windowsupdate.microsoft.com/ .
٢.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡSystem Update
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ ﺣ ﺰﻡﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺩﻡLenovo
ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.ﻗﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺣ ﺰﻡﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﻭﻓﻼ ﺷﺎﺕBIOS ﺃﻭ
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺩﻋﻢLenovo ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ،ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩﻭﻧﻈﺎﻡ
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 100
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻐﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ٍﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺤ ﺰﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩﻣﻬﻤًﺎﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺤ ﺴﻨًﺎﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳًﺎﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ.ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ
ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ.ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺰﻡﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ،ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻚ.
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ System Update ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻈﻢﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ Lenovo ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ.ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺟ ﻮﺩﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻧﺸ ﻂ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ،ﺃﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻴﺰﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻞ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ.ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻟﻠﺒﺤ ﺚ ﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻫﻤﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤ ﺴﻨﺔﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ (ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺘﻢﺑﻬﺎﻓﻘﻂ.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥ﺃﻭ"ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
Lenovo ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8 " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSystem Update ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ًﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺩﻋﻢLenovo ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐhttp://www.lenovo.
com/support .
ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﻈ ﻴ ﻒ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ
ﺑﻔ ﻀ ﻞﺗﻮﺧ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ، ﺳﻴﻈ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﻘﻮﻡﺑﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ.ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻌﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ.
• "ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٨
• "ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٨
– "ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٨
– "ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٨
– "ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٩
– "ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٩
• "ﻣﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﺓ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٠
ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﺎ ﺳ ﻴﺎ ﺕ
ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺑﺸﺄﻥﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ:
•ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ٍﻭﺛﺎﺑﺖ.
•ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺃﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻐ ﻄﻴﺔﺃﻳﺔﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻓﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴ ﺨﻮﻧﺔ
ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ.
• ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆﺑﺎﻷ ﻃﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸ ﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐﺟ ﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻜﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﺎﻕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﻤﺎ
ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻴﻦﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺑﻠﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺮ ﻃ ﻮﺑﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺨﺎﻃ ﺮ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
•ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ،ﻭﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻚ.
ﺗﻨ ﻈ ﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴﻮ ﺗﺮ
ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺗﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻱ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻤﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺴﻠ ﺲ .
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔﻗﺒﻞﺗﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ﻭﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻄ ﻼﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
٨٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre